WSJT-X/CMakeLists.txt

1818 lines
55 KiB
CMake
Raw Normal View History

cmake_minimum_required (VERSION 2.8.10 FATAL_ERROR)
if (APPLE)
#
# The following variables define the portability and compatability attributes of the Mac OS X build
# they are choosen with care and should not be changed without good cause.
#
# Among other things these options are chosen to match the portability and compatability options of the
# Qt framework dylibs which can be checked as follows:
#
# otool -l <binary> | grep -A3 LC_VERSION_MIN_MACOSX
#
set (CMAKE_OSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET 10.10
CACHE STRING "Earliest version of OS X supported
Earliest version we can support with Qt 5.8, C++11 & libc++ is 10.10.
Do not override this if you intend to build an official deployable installer.")
set (CMAKE_OSX_SYSROOT /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.11.sdk
CACHE STRING "Mac OS X SDK to build with
Change this to the newest SDK available that you can install on your system (10.11 preferred).
Do not override this if you intend to build an official deployable installer.")
endif (APPLE)
project (wsjtx C CXX Fortran)
#
# CMake policies
#
if (POLICY CMP0020)
cmake_policy (SET CMP0020 NEW) # link to Qt winmain on Windows
endif (POLICY CMP0020)
if (POLICY CMP0043)
cmake_policy (SET CMP0043 NEW) # ignore COMPILE_DEFINITIONS_<CONFIG>
endif (POLICY CMP0043)
if (POLICY CMP0063)
cmake_policy (SET CMP0063 NEW) # honour visibility properties for all library types
endif (POLICY CMP0063)
if (POLICY CMP0071)
cmake_policy (SET CMP0071 NEW) # run automoc and autouic on generated sources
endif (POLICY CMP0071)
include (${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/CMake/VersionCompute.cmake)
message (STATUS "Building ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}-${wsjtx_VERSION}")
#
# project information
#
set (PROJECT_NAME "WSJT-X")
set (PROJECT_VENDOR "Joe Taylor, K1JT")
set (PROJECT_CONTACT "Joe Taylor <k1jt@arrl.net>")
set (PROJECT_COPYRIGHT "Copyright (C) 2001-2019 by Joe Taylor, K1JT")
set (PROJECT_HOMEPAGE http://www.physics.princeton.edu/pulsar/K1JT/wsjtx.html)
set (PROJECT_MANUAL wsjtx-main)
set (PROJECT_MANUAL_DIRECTORY_URL http://www.physics.princeton.edu/pulsar/K1JT/wsjtx-doc/)
set (PROJECT_SAMPLES_URL http://downloads.sourceforge.net/project/wsjt/)
set (PROJECT_SAMPLES_UPLOAD_DEST frs.sourceforge.net:/home/frs/project/wsjt/)
set (PROJECT_SUMMARY_DESCRIPTION "${PROJECT_NAME} - Digital Modes for Weak Signal Communicaitons in Amateur Radio.")
set (PROJECT_DESCRIPTION "${PROJECT_SUMMARY_DESCRIPTION}
${PROJECT_NAME} is a computer program designed to facilitate basic amateur
radio communication using very weak signals. The first four letters in
the program name stand for `(W)eak (S)ignal communication by
K1(JT),` while the suffix `-X` indicates that ${PROJECT_NAME} started as
an extended and experimental branch of the program
WSJT.
.
${PROJECT_NAME} Version 1.8 offers nine different protocols or modes: FT8,
JT4, JT9, JT65, QRA64, ISCAT, MSK144, WSPR, and Echo.
The first five are designed for making reliable QSOs under extreme
weak-signal conditions. They use nearly identical message structure
and source encoding. JT65 and QRA64 were designed for EME
(`moonbounce`) on the VHF/UHF bands and have also proven very
effective for worldwide QRP communication on the HF bands. QRA64 has
a number of advantages over JT65, including better performance on the
very weakest signals. We imagine that over time it may replace JT65
for EME use. JT9 was originally designed for the LF, MF, and lower HF
bands. Its submode JT9A is 2 dB more sensitive than JT65 while using
less than 10% of the bandwidth. JT4 offers a wide variety of tone
spacings and has proven highly effective for EME on microwave bands up
to 24 GHz. These four `slow` modes use one-minute timed sequences
of alternating transmission and reception, so a minimal QSO takes four
to six minutes two or three transmissions by each station, one
sending in odd UTC minutes and the other even. FT8 is operationally
similar but four times faster (15-second T/R sequences) and less
sensitive by a few dB. On the HF bands, world-wide QSOs are possible
with any of these modes using power levels of a few watts (or even
milliwatts) and compromise antennas. On VHF bands and higher, QSOs
are possible (by EME and other propagation types) at signal levels 10
to 15 dB below those required for CW.
.
ISCAT, MSK144, and optionally submodes JT9E-H are `fast`
protocols designed to take advantage of brief signal enhancements from
ionized meteor trails, aircraft scatter, and other types of scatter
propagation. These modes use timed sequences of 5, 10, 15, or 30 s
duration. User messages are transmitted repeatedly at high rate (up
to 250 characters per second, for MSK144) to make good use of the
shortest meteor-trail reflections or `pings`. ISCAT uses free-form
messages up to 28 characters long, while MSK144 uses the same
structured messages as the slow modes and optionally an abbreviated
format with hashed callsigns.
.
WSPR (pronounced `whisper`) stands for (W)eak (S)ignal
(P)ropagation (R)eporter. The WSPR protocol was designed for probing
potential propagation paths using low-power transmissions. WSPR
messages normally carry the transmitting stations callsign, grid
locator, and transmitter power in dBm, and they can be decoded at
signal-to-noise ratios as low as -28 dB in a 2500 Hz bandwidth. WSPR
users with internet access can automatically upload reception
reports to a central database called wsprnet that provides a mapping
facility, archival storage, and many other features.
.
Echo mode allows you to detect and measure your own station's echoes
from the moon, even if they are far below the audible threshold.
.
${PROJECT_NAME} provides spectral displays for receiver passbands as wide as
5 kHz, flexible rig control for nearly all modern radios used by
amateurs, and a wide variety of special aids such as automatic Doppler
tracking for EME QSOs and Echo testing. The program runs equally well
on Windows, Macintosh, and Linux systems, and installation packages
are available for all three platforms.
.
Be sure to read the online ${PROJECT_NAME} User's Guide.")
set (CMAKE_MODULE_PATH ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/CMake/Modules ${CMAKE_MODULE_PATH})
# make sure that the default configuration is a RELEASE
if (NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE)
set (CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE RELEASE CACHE STRING
"Choose the type of build, options are: None Debug Release."
FORCE)
endif (NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE)
if (CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE MATCHES "[Dd][Ee][Bb][Uu][Gg]")
set (is_debug_build 1)
endif ()
#
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# Options & features
#
# Some of these directly effect compilation by being defined in
# wsjtx_config.h.in which makes them available to the C/C++
# pre-processor.
#
include (CMakeDependentOption)
# Allow the developer to select if Dynamic or Static libraries are built
OPTION (BUILD_SHARED_LIBS "Build Shared Libraries" OFF)
# Set the LIB_TYPE variable to STATIC
SET (LIB_TYPE STATIC)
if (BUILD_SHARED_LIBS)
# User wants to build Dynamic Libraries, so change the LIB_TYPE variable to CMake keyword 'SHARED'
set (LIB_TYPE SHARED)
endif (BUILD_SHARED_LIBS)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
option (UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS "Update source translation translations/*.ts
files (WARNING: make clean will delete the source .ts files! Danger!)")
option (WSJT_SHARED_RUNTIME "Debugging option that allows running from a shared Cloud directory.")
option (WSJT_QDEBUG_TO_FILE "Redirect Qt debuging messages to a trace file.")
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
option (WSJT_TRACE_CAT "Debugging option that turns on CAT diagnostics.")
option (WSJT_TRACE_CAT_POLLS "Debugging option that turns on CAT diagnostics during polling.")
option (WSJT_HAMLIB_TRACE "Debugging option that turns on minimal Hamlib internal diagnostics.")
option (WSJT_SOFT_KEYING "Apply a ramp to CW keying envelope to reduce transients." ON)
option (WSJT_SKIP_MANPAGES "Skip *nix manpage generation.")
option (WSJT_GENERATE_DOCS "Generate documentation files." ON)
option (WSJT_RIG_NONE_CAN_SPLIT "Allow split operation with \"None\" as rig.")
option (WSJT_TRACE_UDP "Debugging option that turns on UDP message protocol diagnostics.")
option (WSJT_BUILD_UTILS "Build simulators and code demonstrators." ON)
CMAKE_DEPENDENT_OPTION (WSJT_HAMLIB_VERBOSE_TRACE "Debugging option that turns on full Hamlib internal diagnostics." OFF WSJT_HAMLIB_TRACE OFF)
CMAKE_DEPENDENT_OPTION (WSJT_QDEBUG_IN_RELEASE "Leave Qt debugging statements in Release configuration." OFF
"NOT is_debug_build" OFF)
CMAKE_DEPENDENT_OPTION (WSJT_ENABLE_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES "Enable features not fully ready for public releases." ON
is_debug_build OFF)
CMAKE_DEPENDENT_OPTION (WSJT_CREATE_WINMAIN
"The wsjtx target is normally built as GUI executable with a WinMain entry point on Windows,
if you want a console application instead then set this option to OFF.
If you just want to see the debug output from the application then the easiest way is to
attach a debugger which will then receive the console output inside its console." ON
"WIN32" OFF)
set (PROJECT_ARCHITECTURE "${CMAKE_SYSTEM_PROCESSOR}")
if (NOT PROJECT_ARCHITECTURE)
# This is supposed to happen already on Windows
if (CMAKE_SIZEOF_VOID_P MATCHES 8)
set (PROJECT_ARCHITECTURE "x64")
else ()
set (PROJECT_ARCHITECTURE "$ENV{PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE}")
endif ()
endif (NOT PROJECT_ARCHITECTURE)
message (STATUS "******************************************************")
message (STATUS "Building for for: ${CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME}-${PROJECT_ARCHITECTURE}")
message (STATUS "******************************************************")
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#
# install locations
#
if (APPLE)
set (CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.app/Contents/MacOS)
set (CMAKE_INSTALL_DATAROOTDIR ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.app/Contents/Resources)
endif ()
include (GNUInstallDirs)
set (PLUGIN_DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}/plugins)
set (QT_CONF_DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR})
if (WIN32)
set (PLUGIN_DESTINATION plugins)
elseif (APPLE)
set (PLUGIN_DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR}/../PlugIns)
set (QT_CONF_DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DATAROOTDIR})
endif ()
set (WSJT_PLUGIN_DESTINATION ${PLUGIN_DESTINATION} CACHE PATH "Path for plugins")
set (WSJT_QT_CONF_DESTINATION ${QT_CONF_DESTINATION} CACHE PATH "Path for the qt.conf file")
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#
# Project sources
#
set (wsjt_qt_CXXSRCS
qt_helpers.cpp
lib/shmem.cpp
widgets/MessageBox.cpp
MetaDataRegistry.cpp
2019-07-02 11:19:43 -04:00
Network/NetworkServerLookup.cpp
revision_utils.cpp
WFPalette.cpp
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Radio.cpp
RadioMetaType.cpp
models/IARURegions.cpp
models/Bands.cpp
models/Modes.cpp
models/FrequencyList.cpp
models/StationList.cpp
widgets/FrequencyLineEdit.cpp
widgets/FrequencyDeltaLineEdit.cpp
item_delegates/CandidateKeyFilter.cpp
item_delegates/ForeignKeyDelegate.cpp
validators/LiveFrequencyValidator.cpp
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
GetUserId.cpp
TraceFile.cpp
2019-07-02 13:45:05 -04:00
Audio/AudioDevice.cpp
2019-07-02 11:19:43 -04:00
Transceiver/Transceiver.cpp
Transceiver/TransceiverBase.cpp
Transceiver/EmulateSplitTransceiver.cpp
Transceiver/TransceiverFactory.cpp
Transceiver/PollingTransceiver.cpp
Transceiver/HamlibTransceiver.cpp
Transceiver/HRDTransceiver.cpp
Transceiver/DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver.cpp
Network/NetworkMessage.cpp
Network/MessageClient.cpp
widgets/LettersSpinBox.cpp
widgets/HintedSpinBox.cpp
widgets/RestrictedSpinBox.cpp
widgets/HelpTextWindow.cpp
SampleDownloader.cpp
SampleDownloader/DirectoryDelegate.cpp
SampleDownloader/Directory.cpp
SampleDownloader/FileNode.cpp
SampleDownloader/RemoteFile.cpp
DisplayManual.cpp
MultiSettings.cpp
validators/MaidenheadLocatorValidator.cpp
validators/CallsignValidator.cpp
widgets/SplashScreen.cpp
2019-07-02 14:00:32 -04:00
EqualizationToolsDialog.cpp
widgets/DoubleClickablePushButton.cpp
widgets/DoubleClickableRadioButton.cpp
2019-07-02 13:45:05 -04:00
Network/LotWUsers.cpp
models/DecodeHighlightingModel.cpp
widgets/DecodeHighlightingListView.cpp
models/FoxLog.cpp
widgets/AbstractLogWindow.cpp
widgets/FoxLogWindow.cpp
widgets/CabrilloLogWindow.cpp
item_delegates/CallsignDelegate.cpp
item_delegates/MaidenheadLocatorDelegate.cpp
item_delegates/FrequencyDelegate.cpp
item_delegates/FrequencyDeltaDelegate.cpp
item_delegates/SQLiteDateTimeDelegate.cpp
2018-11-11 21:11:58 -05:00
models/CabrilloLog.cpp
logbook/AD1CCty.cpp
logbook/WorkedBefore.cpp
logbook/Multiplier.cpp
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
)
set (wsjt_qtmm_CXXSRCS
Audio/BWFFile.cpp
)
set (jt9_FSRCS
lib/jt9.f90
lib/jt9a.f90
)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
set (wsjtx_CXXSRCS
logbook/logbook.cpp
2019-07-02 11:19:43 -04:00
Network/psk_reporter.cpp
2019-07-02 13:45:05 -04:00
Modulator/Modulator.cpp
2019-07-01 22:52:32 -04:00
Detector/Detector.cpp
widgets/logqso.cpp
widgets/displaytext.cpp
2019-07-02 13:45:05 -04:00
Decoder/decodedtext.cpp
getfile.cpp
2019-07-02 13:45:05 -04:00
Audio/soundout.cpp
Audio/soundin.cpp
widgets/meterwidget.cpp
widgets/signalmeter.cpp
widgets/plotter.cpp
widgets/widegraph.cpp
widgets/echograph.cpp
widgets/echoplot.cpp
widgets/fastgraph.cpp
widgets/fastplot.cpp
widgets/about.cpp
widgets/astro.cpp
widgets/messageaveraging.cpp
widgets/colorhighlighting.cpp
2019-07-02 13:45:05 -04:00
WSPR/WsprTxScheduler.cpp
widgets/mainwindow.cpp
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Configuration.cpp
main.cpp
2019-07-02 13:45:05 -04:00
Network/wsprnet.cpp
WSPR/WSPRBandHopping.cpp
widgets/ExportCabrillo.cpp
)
set (wsjt_CXXSRCS
lib/crc10.cpp
lib/crc13.cpp
lib/crc14.cpp
)
# deal with a GCC v6 UB error message
set_source_files_properties (
lib/crc10.cpp
lib/crc13.cpp
lib/crc14.cpp
PROPERTIES COMPILE_FLAGS -fpermissive)
if (WIN32)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
set (wsjt_CXXSRCS
${wsjt_CXXSRCS}
killbyname.cpp
)
set (wsjt_qt_CXXSRCS
${wsjt_qt_CXXSRCS}
2019-07-02 11:19:43 -04:00
Transceiver/OmniRigTransceiver.cpp
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
)
endif (WIN32)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
set (wsjt_FSRCS
# put module sources first in the hope that they get rebuilt before use
lib/shmem.f90
lib/crc.f90
lib/fftw3mod.f90
lib/hashing.f90
lib/iso_c_utilities.f90
lib/jt4.f90
lib/jt4_decode.f90
lib/jt65_decode.f90
lib/jt65_mod.f90
lib/ft8_decode.f90
lib/ft4_decode.f90
lib/jt9_decode.f90
lib/options.f90
lib/packjt.f90
lib/77bit/packjt77.f90
lib/readwav.f90
lib/timer_C_wrapper.f90
lib/timer_impl.f90
lib/timer_module.f90
lib/wavhdr.f90
# remaining non-module sources
lib/addit.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/afc65b.f90
lib/afc9.f90
lib/ana64.f90
lib/ana932.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/analytic.f90
lib/astro.f90
lib/astrosub.f90
lib/astro0.f90
lib/avecho.f90
lib/averms.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/azdist.f90
lib/badmsg.f90
lib/ft8/baseline.f90
lib/ft4/ft4_baseline.f90
lib/bpdecode40.f90
lib/bpdecode128_90.f90
lib/ft8/bpdecode174_91.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/baddata.f90
lib/calibrate.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/ccf2.f90
lib/ccf65.f90
lib/ft8/chkcrc13a.f90
lib/ft8/chkcrc14a.f90
lib/chkcall.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/chkhist.f90
lib/chkmsg.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/chkss2.f90
lib/ft4/clockit.f90
lib/ft8/compress.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/coord.f90
lib/db.f90
lib/decode4.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/decode65a.f90
lib/decode65b.f90
lib/decode9w.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/decoder.f90
lib/deep4.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/deg2grid.f90
lib/degrade_snr.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/demod64a.f90
lib/determ.f90
lib/downsam9.f90
lib/encode232.f90
lib/encode4.f90
lib/encode_msk40.f90
lib/encode_128_90.f90
lib/ft8/encode174.f90
lib/ft8/encode174_91.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/entail.f90
lib/ephem.f90
lib/extract.f90
lib/extract4.f90
lib/extractmessage77.f90
lib/ft8/extractmessage174.f90
lib/ft8/extractmessage174_91.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/fano232.f90
lib/fast9.f90
lib/fast_decode.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/fchisq.f90
lib/fchisq0.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/fchisq65.f90
lib/fil3.f90
lib/fil3c.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/fil4.f90
lib/fil6521.f90
lib/filbig.f90
lib/ft8/filt8.f90
lib/fitcal.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/flat1.f90
lib/flat1a.f90
lib/flat1b.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/flat2.f90
lib/flat4.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/flat65.f90
lib/fmtmsg.f90
lib/foldspec9f.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/four2a.f90
lib/ft8/foxfilt.f90
lib/ft8/foxgen.f90
lib/ft8/foxgen_wrap.f90
lib/fqso_first.f90
lib/freqcal.f90
lib/ft8/ft8apset.f90
lib/ft8/ft8b.f90
lib/ft8/ft8code.f90
lib/ft8/ft8_downsample.f90
lib/ft8/ft8sim_fsk.f90
lib/ft8/ft8sim.f90
lib/gen4.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/gen65.f90
lib/gen9.f90
lib/geniscat.f90
lib/ft8/genft8.f90
lib/genmsk_128_90.f90
lib/genmsk40.f90
2019-12-18 10:02:00 -05:00
lib/ft4/ft4code.f90
2019-01-25 17:01:34 -05:00
lib/ft4/genft4.f90
lib/ft4/gen_ft4wave.f90
lib/ft8/gen_ft8wave.f90
lib/genqra64.f90
lib/ft8/genft8refsig.f90
lib/genwspr.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/geodist.f90
lib/getlags.f90
lib/getmet4.f90
lib/ft8/get_spectrum_baseline.f90
lib/ft2/gfsk_pulse.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/graycode.f90
lib/graycode65.f90
lib/grayline.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/grid2deg.f90
lib/ft8/h1.f90
lib/hash.f90
lib/hint65.f90
lib/hspec.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/indexx.f90
lib/init_random_seed.f90
lib/interleave4.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/interleave63.f90
lib/interleave9.f90
lib/inter_wspr.f90
lib/iscat.f90
lib/jplsubs.f
lib/jt9fano.f90
lib/jtmsg.f90
lib/libration.f90
lib/lorentzian.f90
lib/lpf1.f90
lib/mixlpf.f90
lib/makepings.f90
lib/moondopjpl.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/morse.f90
lib/move.f90
lib/msk40decodeframe.f90
lib/msk144decodeframe.f90
lib/msk40spd.f90
lib/msk144spd.f90
lib/msk40sync.f90
lib/msk144sync.f90
lib/msk40_freq_search.f90
lib/msk144_freq_search.f90
lib/mskrtd.f90
lib/msk144signalquality.f90
lib/msk144sim.f90
lib/mskrtd.f90
lib/nuttal_window.f90
2019-01-25 17:01:34 -05:00
lib/ft4/ft4sim.f90
lib/ft4/ft4sim_mult.f90
lib/ft4/ft4_downsample.f90
lib/77bit/my_hash.f90
lib/wsprd/osdwspr.f90
lib/ft8/osd174_91.f90
lib/osd128_90.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/pctile.f90
lib/peakdt9.f90
lib/peakup.f90
lib/plotsave.f90
lib/platanh.f90
lib/pltanh.f90
lib/polyfit.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/prog_args.f90
lib/ps4.f90
lib/qra64a.f90
lib/refspectrum.f90
lib/savec2.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/sec_midn.f90
lib/setup65.f90
lib/sh65.f90
lib/sh65snr.f90
lib/slasubs.f
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/sleep_msec.f90
lib/slope.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/smo.f90
lib/smo121.f90
lib/softsym.f90
lib/softsym9f.f90
lib/softsym9w.f90
lib/shell.f90
lib/spec64.f90
lib/spec9f.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/stdmsg.f90
lib/subtract65.f90
lib/ft8/subtractft8.f90
2019-04-18 15:15:24 -04:00
lib/ft4/subtractft4.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/sun.f90
lib/symspec.f90
lib/symspec2.f90
lib/symspec65.f90
lib/sync4.f90
lib/sync64.f90
lib/sync65.f90
2019-01-25 17:01:34 -05:00
lib/ft4/getcandidates4.f90
lib/ft4/get_ft4_bitmetrics.f90
lib/ft8/sync8.f90
lib/ft8/sync8d.f90
2019-01-25 17:01:34 -05:00
lib/ft4/sync4d.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/sync9.f90
lib/sync9f.f90
lib/sync9w.f90
lib/synciscat.f90
lib/timf2.f90
lib/tweak1.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/twkfreq.f90
lib/ft8/twkfreq1.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/twkfreq65.f90
lib/update_recent_calls.f90
lib/update_msk40_hasharray.f90
lib/ft8/watterson.f90
lib/wav11.f90
lib/wav12.f90
lib/xcor.f90
lib/xcor4.f90
lib/wqdecode.f90
lib/wqencode.f90
lib/wspr_downsample.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/zplot9.f90
lib/fsk4hf/wsprcpmsim.f90
lib/fsk4hf/wsprcpm_wav.f90
lib/fsk4hf/wsprcpmd.f90
lib/fsk4hf/bpdecode204.f90
lib/fsk4hf/osd204.f90
lib/fsk4hf/genwsprcpm.f90
lib/fsk4hf/encode204.f90
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
)
# temporary workaround for a gfortran v7.3 ICE on Fedora 27 64-bit
set_source_files_properties (lib/slasubs.f PROPERTIES COMPILE_FLAGS -O2)
set (ka9q_CSRCS
lib/ftrsd/decode_rs.c
lib/ftrsd/encode_rs.c
lib/ftrsd/init_rs.c
)
set_source_files_properties (${ka9q_CSRCS} PROPERTIES COMPILE_FLAGS -Wno-sign-compare)
set (qra_CSRCS
lib/qra/qra64/qra64.c
lib/qra/qra64/qra64_subs.c
lib/qra/qracodes/npfwht.c
lib/qra/qracodes/pdmath.c
lib/qra/qracodes/qra12_63_64_irr_b.c
lib/qra/qracodes/qra13_64_64_irr_e.c
lib/qra/qracodes/qracodes.c
lib/qra/qracodes/normrnd.c
)
set (wsjt_CSRCS
${ka9q_CSRCS}
lib/ftrsd/ftrsdap.c
lib/sgran.c
lib/golay24_table.c
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/gran.c
lib/igray.c
lib/init_random_seed.c
lib/ldpc32_table.c
lib/wsprd/nhash.c
lib/tab.c
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/tmoonsub.c
lib/usleep.c
lib/vit213.c
lib/wisdom.c
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
lib/wrapkarn.c
${ldpc_CSRCS}
${qra_CSRCS}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
)
set (wsjt_qt_UISRCS
wf_palette_design_dialog.ui
widgets/FoxLogWindow.ui
widgets/CabrilloLogWindow.ui
)
set (wsprsim_CSRCS
lib/wsprd/wsprsim.c
lib/wsprd/wsprsim_utils.c
lib/wsprd/wsprd_utils.c
lib/wsprd/fano.c
lib/wsprd/tab.c
lib/wsprd/nhash.c
)
set (wsprd_CSRCS
lib/wsprd/wsprd.c
lib/wsprd/wsprsim_utils.c
lib/wsprd/wsprd_utils.c
lib/wsprd/fano.c
lib/wsprd/jelinek.c
lib/wsprd/tab.c
lib/wsprd/nhash.c
lib/init_random_seed.c
)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
set (wsjtx_UISRCS
widgets/mainwindow.ui
widgets/about.ui
widgets/astro.ui
widgets/colorhighlighting.ui
widgets/echograph.ui
widgets/fastgraph.ui
widgets/messageaveraging.ui
widgets/widegraph.ui
widgets/logqso.ui
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
Configuration.ui
widgets/ExportCabrillo.ui
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
)
set (UDP_library_CXXSRCS
Radio.cpp
RadioMetaType.cpp
2019-07-02 11:19:43 -04:00
Network/NetworkMessage.cpp
2019-07-02 14:00:32 -04:00
UDPExamples/MessageServer.cpp
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
)
set (UDP_library_HEADERS
Radio.hpp
2019-07-02 14:00:32 -04:00
UDPExamples/MessageServer.hpp
${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/udp_export.h
)
set (message_aggregator_CXXSRCS
UDPExamples/MessageAggregator.cpp
UDPExamples/MessageAggregatorMainWindow.cpp
UDPExamples/DecodesModel.cpp
UDPExamples/BeaconsModel.cpp
UDPExamples/ClientWidget.cpp
validators/MaidenheadLocatorValidator.cpp
)
set (message_aggregator_STYLESHEETS
UDPExamples/qss/default.qss
)
First attempt at a UI phase compensation tool for MSK144 This builds on the static phase compensation in the MSK144 decoder and the phase analysis and polynomial fitting capabilities also in teh MSK144 decoder, by allowing captured data to be selected for phase equalization from the WSJT-X UI. Reads captured phase compensation curve estimate files containing fitted polynomial coefficients and measured phase data from MSK144 receptions. Intent is to select a compensation curve that is from a known transmitter like an SDR which have good phase linearity. Phase plots and compensation polynomials may be viewed and compared with the current compensation polynomial. A suitable polynomial can be applied to be use in all further decoding of MSK144 signals. Plots of the currently selected polynomial and its modified higher order terms polynomial which is actually used in equalization (this plot may be dropped - it is just for kicks at the moment). When a captured phase analysis file is loaded plots of the measured phase and the proposed best fit polynomial are shown. Basic maintenance is also included allowing clearing and loading captured plots and an option to revert to a flat no equalization curve. More to come on this as amplitude equalization is also possible, this will probably be similar, maybe even plotted on the same graph with dual axes for phase and amplitude. Amplitude correction from a measured reference spectrum could be viewed and selected for equalization for all modes. TBC... This change also introduces the QCustomPlot 3rd party widget. Currently this is statically linked from a qcp library built by the WSJT-X CMake script. This will probably be migrated to a shared object (DLL) build as a CMake external project, once some CMake script re-factoring has been completed, which is more in line with the QCustomPlot author's intentions. This will allow efficient reuse in other tools shipped with WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7570 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-20 21:13:13 -05:00
set (qcp_CXXSRCS
qcustomplot-source/qcustomplot.cpp
)
set (all_CXXSRCS
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
${wsjt_CXXSRCS}
${wsjt_qt_CXXSRCS}
${wsjt_qtmm_CXXSRCS}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
${wsjtx_CXXSRCS}
First attempt at a UI phase compensation tool for MSK144 This builds on the static phase compensation in the MSK144 decoder and the phase analysis and polynomial fitting capabilities also in teh MSK144 decoder, by allowing captured data to be selected for phase equalization from the WSJT-X UI. Reads captured phase compensation curve estimate files containing fitted polynomial coefficients and measured phase data from MSK144 receptions. Intent is to select a compensation curve that is from a known transmitter like an SDR which have good phase linearity. Phase plots and compensation polynomials may be viewed and compared with the current compensation polynomial. A suitable polynomial can be applied to be use in all further decoding of MSK144 signals. Plots of the currently selected polynomial and its modified higher order terms polynomial which is actually used in equalization (this plot may be dropped - it is just for kicks at the moment). When a captured phase analysis file is loaded plots of the measured phase and the proposed best fit polynomial are shown. Basic maintenance is also included allowing clearing and loading captured plots and an option to revert to a flat no equalization curve. More to come on this as amplitude equalization is also possible, this will probably be similar, maybe even plotted on the same graph with dual axes for phase and amplitude. Amplitude correction from a measured reference spectrum could be viewed and selected for equalization for all modes. TBC... This change also introduces the QCustomPlot 3rd party widget. Currently this is statically linked from a qcp library built by the WSJT-X CMake script. This will probably be migrated to a shared object (DLL) build as a CMake external project, once some CMake script re-factoring has been completed, which is more in line with the QCustomPlot author's intentions. This will allow efficient reuse in other tools shipped with WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7570 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-20 21:13:13 -05:00
${qcp_CXXSRCS}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
)
set (all_C_and_CXXSRCS
${wsjt_CSRCS}
${wsprsim_CSRCS}
${wsprd_CSRCS}
${all_CXXSRCS}
)
set (TOP_LEVEL_RESOURCES
shortcuts.txt
mouse_commands.txt
prefixes.txt
cty.dat
icons/Darwin/wsjtx.iconset/icon_128x128.png
contrib/gpl-v3-logo.svg
artwork/splash.png
)
set (PALETTE_FILES
Palettes/Banana.pal
Palettes/Blue1.pal
Palettes/Blue2.pal
Palettes/Blue3.pal
Palettes/Brown.pal
Palettes/Cyan1.pal
Palettes/Cyan2.pal
Palettes/Cyan3.pal
Palettes/Default.pal
Palettes/Digipan.pal
Palettes/Fldigi.pal
Palettes/Gray1.pal
Palettes/Gray2.pal
Palettes/Green1.pal
Palettes/Green2.pal
Palettes/Jungle.pal
Palettes/Linrad.pal
Palettes/Negative.pal
Palettes/Orange.pal
Palettes/Pink.pal
Palettes/Rainbow.pal
Palettes/Scope.pal
Palettes/Sunburst.pal
Palettes/VK4BDJ.pal
Palettes/YL2KF.pal
Palettes/Yellow1.pal
Palettes/Yellow2.pal
Palettes/ZL1FZ.pal
)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
if (APPLE)
set (WSJTX_ICON_FILE ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.icns)
set (ICONSRCS
icons/Darwin/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.iconset/icon_16x16.png
icons/Darwin/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.iconset/icon_16x16@2x.png
icons/Darwin/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.iconset/icon_32x32.png
icons/Darwin/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.iconset/icon_32x32@2x.png
icons/Darwin/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.iconset/icon_128x128.png
icons/Darwin/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.iconset/icon_128x128@2x.png
icons/Darwin/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.iconset/icon_256x256.png
icons/Darwin/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.iconset/icon_256x256@2x.png
icons/Darwin/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.iconset/icon_512x512.png
icons/Darwin/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.iconset/icon_512x512@2x.png
)
add_custom_command (
OUTPUT ${WSJTX_ICON_FILE}
COMMAND iconutil -c icns --output "${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/${WSJTX_ICON_FILE}" "${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/icons/Darwin/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.iconset"
DEPENDS ${ICONSRCS}
COMMENT "Building Icons"
)
endif (APPLE)
set_source_files_properties (${WSJTX_ICON_FILE} PROPERTIES MACOSX_PACKAGE_LOCATION Resources)
2020-03-20 06:58:56 -04:00
# suppress intransigent compiler diagnostics
set_source_files_properties (lib/decoder.f90 PROPERTIES COMPILE_FLAGS "-Wno-unused-dummy-argument")
set_source_files_properties (lib/filbig.f90 PROPERTIES COMPILE_FLAGS "-Wno-aliasing")
if (WSJT_QDEBUG_IN_RELEASE)
# context info in Qt message handler in release configuration
set_property (DIRECTORY APPEND PROPERTY
COMPILE_DEFINITIONS $<$<NOT:$<CONFIG:Debug>>:QT_MESSAGELOGCONTEXT>
)
else (WSJT_QDEBUG_IN_RELEASE)
# disable Qt trace and warning messages from release configurations
set_property (DIRECTORY APPEND PROPERTY
COMPILE_DEFINITIONS $<$<NOT:$<CONFIG:Debug>>:QT_NO_DEBUG_OUTPUT;QT_NO_WARNING_OUTPUT>
)
endif (WSJT_QDEBUG_IN_RELEASE)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
set_property (SOURCE ${all_C_and_CXXSRCS} APPEND_STRING PROPERTY COMPILE_FLAGS " -include wsjtx_config.h")
set_property (SOURCE ${all_C_and_CXXSRCS} APPEND PROPERTY OBJECT_DEPENDS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/wsjtx_config.h)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
if (WIN32)
# generate the OmniRig COM interface source
find_program (DUMPCPP dumpcpp)
if (DUMPCPP-NOTFOUND)
message (FATAL_ERROR "dumpcpp tool not found")
endif (DUMPCPP-NOTFOUND)
execute_process (
COMMAND ${DUMPCPP} -getfile {4FE359C5-A58F-459D-BE95-CA559FB4F270}
OUTPUT_VARIABLE AXSERVER
OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE
)
string (STRIP "${AXSERVER}" AXSERVER)
if (NOT AXSERVER)
message (FATAL_ERROR "You need to install OmniRig on this computer")
endif (NOT AXSERVER)
string (REPLACE "\"" "" AXSERVER ${AXSERVER})
file (TO_CMAKE_PATH ${AXSERVER} AXSERVERSRCS)
endif ()
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#
# decide on platform specifc packing and fixing up
#
if (APPLE)
set (WSJTX_BUNDLE_VERSION ${wsjtx_VERSION})
# make sure CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX ends in /
string (LENGTH "${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}" LEN)
math (EXPR LEN "${LEN} -1" )
string (SUBSTRING "${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}" ${LEN} 1 ENDCH)
if (NOT "${ENDCH}" STREQUAL "/")
set (CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX "${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/")
endif ()
endif (APPLE)
#
# find some useful tools
#
find_program(CTAGS ctags)
find_program(ETAGS etags)
#
# Boost
#
set (Boost_NO_SYSTEM_PATHS TRUE)
if (Boost_NO_SYSTEM_PATHS)
set (BOOST_ROOT ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/boost)
endif ()
find_package (Boost 1.63 REQUIRED)
#
# OpenMP
#
find_package (OpenMP)
#
# fftw3 single precision library
#
find_package (FFTW3 COMPONENTS double single threads REQUIRED)
#
# libhamlib setup
#
set (hamlib_STATIC 1)
find_package (hamlib 3 REQUIRED)
find_program (RIGCTL_EXE rigctl)
find_program (RIGCTLD_EXE rigctld)
find_program (RIGCTLCOM_EXE rigctlcom)
message (STATUS "hamlib_INCLUDE_DIRS: ${hamlib_INCLUDE_DIRS}")
message (STATUS "hamlib_LIBRARIES: ${hamlib_LIBRARIES}")
message (STATUS "hamlib_LIBRARY_DIRS: ${hamlib_LIBRARY_DIRS}")
#
# Qt5 setup
#
# Widgets finds its own dependencies.
find_package (Qt5 COMPONENTS Widgets Multimedia PrintSupport Sql LinguistTools REQUIRED)
if (WIN32)
add_definitions (-DQT_NEEDS_QTMAIN)
find_package (Qt5AxContainer REQUIRED)
endif (WIN32)
#
# sub-directories
#
if (EXISTS ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/samples AND IS_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/samples)
add_subdirectory (samples)
endif ()
if (WSJT_GENERATE_DOCS)
add_subdirectory (doc)
endif (WSJT_GENERATE_DOCS)
#
# Library building setup
#
include (GenerateExportHeader)
set (CMAKE_CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET hidden)
set (CMAKE_C_VISIBILITY_PRESET hidden)
set (CMAKE_Fortran_VISIBILITY_PRESET hidden)
set (CMAKE_VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN ON)
#set (CMAKE_INCLUDE_CURRENT_DIR_IN_INTERFACE ON)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#
# C & C++ setup
#
set (CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wall -Wextra")
2019-07-01 22:19:18 -04:00
set (CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -Werror -Wall -Wextra -fexceptions -frtti")
if (NOT APPLE)
set (CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -Wno-pragmas")
if (${OPENMP_FOUND})
if (OpenMP_C_FLAGS)
set (CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} ${OpenMP_C_FLAGS}")
set (CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} ${OpenMP_C_FLAGS}")
endif ()
endif ()
set (CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE} -fdata-sections -ffunction-sections")
set (CMAKE_C_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL} -fdata-sections -ffunction-sections")
set (CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE} -fdata-sections -ffunction-sections")
set (CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL} -fdata-sections -ffunction-sections")
endif (NOT APPLE)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
if (WIN32)
set (CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS}")
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
endif (WIN32)
if (APPLE AND ${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID} STREQUAL "Clang")
set (CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -std=c++11 -stdlib=libc++")
else ()
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
set (CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -pthread")
set (CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} --std=gnu++11 -pthread")
endif ()
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#
# Fortran setup
#
set (General_FFLAGS "-Wall -Wno-conversion -fno-second-underscore")
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# FFLAGS depend on the compiler
get_filename_component (Fortran_COMPILER_NAME ${CMAKE_Fortran_COMPILER} NAME)
if (Fortran_COMPILER_NAME MATCHES "gfortran.*")
# gfortran
# CMake compiler test is supposed to do this but doesn't yet
if (CMAKE_OSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET)
set (CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS "${CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS} -mmacosx-version-min=${CMAKE_OSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}")
endif (CMAKE_OSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET)
if (CMAKE_OSX_SYSROOT)
set (CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS "${CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS} -isysroot ${CMAKE_OSX_SYSROOT}")
endif (CMAKE_OSX_SYSROOT)
set (CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_RELEASE "${CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_RELEASE} -fbounds-check -funroll-all-loops -fno-f2c ${General_FFLAGS}")
set (CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_DEBUG "${CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_DEBUG} -fbounds-check -fno-f2c ${General_FFLAGS}")
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
elseif (Fortran_COMPILER_NAME MATCHES "ifort.*")
# ifort (untested)
set (CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_RELEASE "${CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_RELEASE} -f77rtl ${General_FFLAGS}")
set (CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_DEBUG "${CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_DEBUG} -f77rtl ${General_FFLAGS}")
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
elseif (Fortran_COMPILER_NAME MATCHES "g77")
# g77
set (CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_RELEASE "${CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_RELEASE} -funroll-all-loops -fno-f2c -m32 ${General_FFLAGS}")
set (CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_DEBUG "${CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_DEBUG} -fbounds-check -fno-f2c -m32 ${General_FFLAGS}")
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
else (Fortran_COMPILER_NAME MATCHES "gfortran.*")
message ("CMAKE_Fortran_COMPILER full path: " ${CMAKE_Fortran_COMPILER})
message ("Fortran compiler: " ${Fortran_COMPILER_NAME})
message ("No optimized Fortran compiler flags are known, we just try -O3...")
set (CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_RELEASE "${CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_RELEASE} -O3 ${General_FFLAGS}")
set (CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_DEBUG "${CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS_DEBUG} -fbounds-check ${General_FFLAGS}")
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
endif (Fortran_COMPILER_NAME MATCHES "gfortran.*")
#
# Linker setup
#
if (NOT APPLE)
set (CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_RELEASE "${CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_RELEASE} -Wl,--gc-sections")
set (CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL "${CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL} -Wl,--gc-sections")
endif (NOT APPLE)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#
# setup and test Fortran C/C++ interaction
#
include (FortranCInterface)
FortranCInterface_VERIFY (CXX)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
FortranCInterface_HEADER (FC.h MACRO_NAMESPACE "FC_" SYMBOL_NAMESPACE "FC_"
SYMBOLS
grayline
)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#
# sort out pre-requisites
#
#
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# Setup RPATH so that built executable targets will run in both the
# build tree and the install location without having to set a
# (DYLD|LD)_LIBRARY_PATH override.
#
# use the full RPATH of the build tree
set (CMAKE_SKIP_BUILD_RPATH FALSE)
# when building, don't use the install RPATH, it will still be used
# later on in the install phase
set (CMAKE_BUILD_WITH_INSTALL_RPATH FALSE)
# set (CMAKE_INSTALL_RPATH "${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}")
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# add the automaticaly determined parts of the RPATH which point to
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# directories outside of the build tree to the install RPATH
set (CMAKE_INSTALL_RPATH_USE_LINK_PATH TRUE)
# the RPATH to be used when installing, but only if it's not a system
# directory
# list (FIND CMAKE_PLATFORM_IMPLICIT_LINK_DIRECTORIES "${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}" isSystemDir)
# if ("${isSystemDir}" STREQUAL "-1")
# set (CMAKE_INSTALL_RPATH "${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}")
# endif ("${isSystemDir}" STREQUAL "-1")
set (QT_NEED_RPATH FALSE)
if (NOT "${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}" STREQUAL "/lib" AND NOT "${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}" STREQUAL "/usr/lib" AND NOT "${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}" STREQUAL "/lib64" AND NOT "${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}" STREQUAL "/usr/lib64")
set (QT_NEED_RPATH TRUE)
endif ()
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#
# stuff only qmake can tell us
#
get_target_property (QMAKE_EXECUTABLE Qt5::qmake LOCATION)
function (QUERY_QMAKE VAR RESULT)
exec_program (${QMAKE_EXECUTABLE} ARGS "-query ${VAR}" RETURN_VALUE return_code OUTPUT_VARIABLE output)
if (NOT return_code)
file (TO_CMAKE_PATH "${output}" output)
set (${RESULT} ${output} PARENT_SCOPE)
endif (NOT return_code)
message (STATUS "Asking qmake for ${RESULT} and got ${output}")
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
endfunction (QUERY_QMAKE)
query_qmake (QT_INSTALL_PLUGINS QT_PLUGINS_DIR)
query_qmake (QT_INSTALL_IMPORTS QT_IMPORTS_DIR)
query_qmake (QT_HOST_DATA QT_DATA_DIR)
set (QT_MKSPECS_DIR ${QT_DATA_DIR}/mkspecs)
# Tell CMake to run moc when necessary
set (CMAKE_AUTOMOC ON)
include_directories (${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR})
# don't use Qt "keywords" signal, slot, emit in generated files to
# avoid compatability issue with other libraries
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# ADD_DEFINITIONS (-DQT_NO_KEYWORDS)
# ADD_DEFINITIONS (-DUNICODE) #as per qmake
# As moc files are generated in the binary dir, tell CMake to always
# look for includes there:
set (CMAKE_INCLUDE_CURRENT_DIR ON)
# project definitions
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
add_definitions (-DQT5 -DCMAKE_BUILD -DBIGSYM=1)
if (CMAKE_HOST_UNIX)
add_definitions (-DUNIX)
elseif (CMAKE_HOST_WIN32)
add_definitions (-DWIN32)
endif ()
#
# source navigation
#
set (sources
${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/*
${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/logbook/*
${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/lib/*
)
add_custom_target (ctags COMMAND ${CTAGS} -o ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/tags -R ${sources})
add_custom_target (etags COMMAND ${ETAGS} -o ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/TAGS -R ${sources})
Preparation for UI i18n Re-enabling the WSJT-X i18n facilities. This allows translation files to be created for languages that are automatically used to lookup translatable strings. To enable a new language the language name must be added to the CMakeLists.txt LANGUAGES list variable in BCP47 format (i.e. en_US, en_GB, pt_PT, ...). Do one build with the CMake option UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS enabled (do not leave it enabled as there is a danger of loosing existing translated texts), that will create a fresh translations/wsjtx_<lang>.ts file which should be immediately checked in with the CMakeLists.txt change. The .ts should then be updated by the translator using the Qt Linguist tool to add translations. Check in the updated .ts file to complete the initial translation process for that language. To aid translators their WIP .ts file may be tested by releasing (using the lrelease tool or from the Linguist menu) a .qm file and placing that .qm file in the current directory before starting WSJT-X. The translations will be used if the system locale matches the file name. If the system locale does not match the file name; the language may be overridden by setting the LANG environment variable. For example if a wsjtx_pt_PT.qm file is in the current directory WSJT-X will use it for translation lookups, regardless of the current system locale setting, if the LANG variable is set to pt_PT or pt-PT. On MS Windows from a command prompt: set LANG=pt_PT C:\WSJT\wsjtx\bin\wsjtx elsewhere: LANG=pt_PT wsjtx
2019-06-06 07:56:25 -04:00
# Qt i18n
set (LANGUAGES
en_GB
pt_PT
)
foreach (lang_ ${LANGUAGES})
file (TO_NATIVE_PATH translations/wsjtx_${lang_}.ts ts_)
list (APPEND TS_FILES ${ts_})
endforeach ()
Preparation for UI i18n Re-enabling the WSJT-X i18n facilities. This allows translation files to be created for languages that are automatically used to lookup translatable strings. To enable a new language the language name must be added to the CMakeLists.txt LANGUAGES list variable in BCP47 format (i.e. en_US, en_GB, pt_PT, ...). Do one build with the CMake option UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS enabled (do not leave it enabled as there is a danger of loosing existing translated texts), that will create a fresh translations/wsjtx_<lang>.ts file which should be immediately checked in with the CMakeLists.txt change. The .ts should then be updated by the translator using the Qt Linguist tool to add translations. Check in the updated .ts file to complete the initial translation process for that language. To aid translators their WIP .ts file may be tested by releasing (using the lrelease tool or from the Linguist menu) a .qm file and placing that .qm file in the current directory before starting WSJT-X. The translations will be used if the system locale matches the file name. If the system locale does not match the file name; the language may be overridden by setting the LANG environment variable. For example if a wsjtx_pt_PT.qm file is in the current directory WSJT-X will use it for translation lookups, regardless of the current system locale setting, if the LANG variable is set to pt_PT or pt-PT. On MS Windows from a command prompt: set LANG=pt_PT C:\WSJT\wsjtx\bin\wsjtx elsewhere: LANG=pt_PT wsjtx
2019-06-06 07:56:25 -04:00
if (UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS)
message (STATUS "UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS option is set.")
qt5_create_translation (
QM_FILES ${wsjt_qt_UISRCS} ${wsjtx_UISRCS} ${wsjt_qt_CXXSRCS} ${wsjtx_CXXSRCS}
${TS_FILES}
)
else ()
qt5_add_translation (QM_FILES ${TS_FILES})
endif ()
add_custom_target (translations DEPENDS ${QM_FILES})
set_property (DIRECTORY PROPERTY CLEAN_NO_CUSTOM TRUE)
# do this after i18n to stop lupdate walking the boost tree which it
# chokes on
if (Boost_FOUND)
include_directories (${Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS})
endif ()
# embedded resources
function (add_resources resources path)
foreach (resource_file_ ${ARGN})
get_filename_component (name_ ${resource_file_} NAME)
Preparation for UI i18n Re-enabling the WSJT-X i18n facilities. This allows translation files to be created for languages that are automatically used to lookup translatable strings. To enable a new language the language name must be added to the CMakeLists.txt LANGUAGES list variable in BCP47 format (i.e. en_US, en_GB, pt_PT, ...). Do one build with the CMake option UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS enabled (do not leave it enabled as there is a danger of loosing existing translated texts), that will create a fresh translations/wsjtx_<lang>.ts file which should be immediately checked in with the CMakeLists.txt change. The .ts should then be updated by the translator using the Qt Linguist tool to add translations. Check in the updated .ts file to complete the initial translation process for that language. To aid translators their WIP .ts file may be tested by releasing (using the lrelease tool or from the Linguist menu) a .qm file and placing that .qm file in the current directory before starting WSJT-X. The translations will be used if the system locale matches the file name. If the system locale does not match the file name; the language may be overridden by setting the LANG environment variable. For example if a wsjtx_pt_PT.qm file is in the current directory WSJT-X will use it for translation lookups, regardless of the current system locale setting, if the LANG variable is set to pt_PT or pt-PT. On MS Windows from a command prompt: set LANG=pt_PT C:\WSJT\wsjtx\bin\wsjtx elsewhere: LANG=pt_PT wsjtx
2019-06-06 07:56:25 -04:00
if (IS_ABSOLUTE "${resource_file_}")
file (TO_NATIVE_PATH ${resource_file_} source_)
else ()
file (TO_NATIVE_PATH ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${resource_file_} source_)
endif ()
file (TO_NATIVE_PATH ${path}/${name_} dest_)
set (resources_ "${resources_}\n <file alias=\"${dest_}\">${source_}</file>")
set (${resources} ${${resources}}${resources_} PARENT_SCOPE)
endforeach (resource_file_ ${ARGN})
endfunction (add_resources resources path)
add_resources (wsjtx_RESOURCES "" ${TOP_LEVEL_RESOURCES})
add_resources (wsjtx_RESOURCES /Palettes ${PALETTE_FILES})
Preparation for UI i18n Re-enabling the WSJT-X i18n facilities. This allows translation files to be created for languages that are automatically used to lookup translatable strings. To enable a new language the language name must be added to the CMakeLists.txt LANGUAGES list variable in BCP47 format (i.e. en_US, en_GB, pt_PT, ...). Do one build with the CMake option UPDATE_TRANSLATIONS enabled (do not leave it enabled as there is a danger of loosing existing translated texts), that will create a fresh translations/wsjtx_<lang>.ts file which should be immediately checked in with the CMakeLists.txt change. The .ts should then be updated by the translator using the Qt Linguist tool to add translations. Check in the updated .ts file to complete the initial translation process for that language. To aid translators their WIP .ts file may be tested by releasing (using the lrelease tool or from the Linguist menu) a .qm file and placing that .qm file in the current directory before starting WSJT-X. The translations will be used if the system locale matches the file name. If the system locale does not match the file name; the language may be overridden by setting the LANG environment variable. For example if a wsjtx_pt_PT.qm file is in the current directory WSJT-X will use it for translation lookups, regardless of the current system locale setting, if the LANG variable is set to pt_PT or pt-PT. On MS Windows from a command prompt: set LANG=pt_PT C:\WSJT\wsjtx\bin\wsjtx elsewhere: LANG=pt_PT wsjtx
2019-06-06 07:56:25 -04:00
add_resources (wsjtx_RESOURCES /Translations ${QM_FILES})
configure_file (wsjtx.qrc.in wsjtx.qrc @ONLY)
# UI generation
qt5_wrap_ui (wsjt_qt_GENUISRCS ${wsjt_qt_UISRCS})
qt5_wrap_ui (wsjtx_GENUISRCS ${wsjtx_UISRCS})
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# Resource generation
qt5_add_resources (wsjtx_RESOURCES_RCC
${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/wsjtx.qrc
contrib/QDarkStyleSheet/qdarkstyle/style.qrc
)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# AX COM servers
if (WIN32)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
include (QtAxMacros)
wrap_ax_server (GENAXSRCS ${AXSERVERSRCS})
endif (WIN32)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#
# targets
#
# build a library of package functionality (without and optionally with OpenMP support)
add_library (wsjt_cxx STATIC ${wsjt_CSRCS} ${wsjt_CXXSRCS})
# build an OpenMP variant of the Fortran library routines
add_library (wsjt_fort STATIC ${wsjt_FSRCS})
target_link_libraries (wsjt_fort ${FFTW3_LIBRARIES})
if (${OPENMP_FOUND} OR APPLE)
add_library (wsjt_fort_omp STATIC ${wsjt_FSRCS})
target_link_libraries (wsjt_fort_omp ${FFTW3_LIBRARIES})
if (OpenMP_C_FLAGS)
set_target_properties (wsjt_fort_omp
PROPERTIES
COMPILE_FLAGS "${OpenMP_C_FLAGS}"
)
endif ()
set_target_properties (wsjt_fort_omp
PROPERTIES
Fortran_MODULE_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/fortran_modules_omp
)
file (MAKE_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/fortran_modules_omp)
if (APPLE)
# On Mac we don't have working OpenMP support in the C/C++
# compilers so we have to manually set the correct flags to get
# OpenMP support in jt9.
target_compile_options (wsjt_fort_omp
PRIVATE
$<$<COMPILE_LANGUAGE:Fortran>:-fopenmp> # assumes GNU style Fortran compiler
)
endif (APPLE)
endif (${OPENMP_FOUND} OR APPLE)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
First attempt at a UI phase compensation tool for MSK144 This builds on the static phase compensation in the MSK144 decoder and the phase analysis and polynomial fitting capabilities also in teh MSK144 decoder, by allowing captured data to be selected for phase equalization from the WSJT-X UI. Reads captured phase compensation curve estimate files containing fitted polynomial coefficients and measured phase data from MSK144 receptions. Intent is to select a compensation curve that is from a known transmitter like an SDR which have good phase linearity. Phase plots and compensation polynomials may be viewed and compared with the current compensation polynomial. A suitable polynomial can be applied to be use in all further decoding of MSK144 signals. Plots of the currently selected polynomial and its modified higher order terms polynomial which is actually used in equalization (this plot may be dropped - it is just for kicks at the moment). When a captured phase analysis file is loaded plots of the measured phase and the proposed best fit polynomial are shown. Basic maintenance is also included allowing clearing and loading captured plots and an option to revert to a flat no equalization curve. More to come on this as amplitude equalization is also possible, this will probably be similar, maybe even plotted on the same graph with dual axes for phase and amplitude. Amplitude correction from a measured reference spectrum could be viewed and selected for equalization for all modes. TBC... This change also introduces the QCustomPlot 3rd party widget. Currently this is statically linked from a qcp library built by the WSJT-X CMake script. This will probably be migrated to a shared object (DLL) build as a CMake external project, once some CMake script re-factoring has been completed, which is more in line with the QCustomPlot author's intentions. This will allow efficient reuse in other tools shipped with WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7570 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-02-20 21:13:13 -05:00
# build a library for the QCustomPlot widget
add_library (qcp STATIC ${qcp_CXXSRCS})
target_include_directories (qcp PUBLIC $<BUILD_INTERFACE:${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/qcustomplot-source>)
target_link_libraries (qcp Qt5::Widgets Qt5::PrintSupport)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# build a library of package Qt functionality
add_library (wsjt_qt STATIC ${wsjt_qt_CXXSRCS} ${wsjt_qt_GENUISRCS} ${GENAXSRCS})
# set wsjtx_udp exports to static variants
target_compile_definitions (wsjt_qt PUBLIC UDP_STATIC_DEFINE)
target_link_libraries (wsjt_qt qcp Qt5::Widgets Qt5::Network Qt5::Sql)
target_include_directories (wsjt_qt BEFORE PRIVATE ${hamlib_INCLUDE_DIRS})
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
if (WIN32)
target_link_libraries (wsjt_qt Qt5::AxContainer Qt5::AxBase)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
endif (WIN32)
add_library (wsjt_qtmm STATIC ${wsjt_qtmm_CXXSRCS} ${wsjt_qtmm_GENUISRCS})
target_link_libraries (wsjt_qtmm Qt5::Multimedia)
# Always build these:
2018-09-13 16:40:52 -04:00
add_executable (wsprd ${wsprd_CSRCS} lib/indexx.f90 lib/wsprd/osdwspr.f90)
target_include_directories (wsprd PRIVATE ${FFTW3_INCLUDE_DIRS})
target_link_libraries (wsprd ${FFTW3_LIBRARIES})
add_executable (fmtave lib/fmtave.f90 wsjtx.rc)
add_executable (fcal lib/fcal.f90 wsjtx.rc)
add_executable (fmeasure lib/fmeasure.f90 wsjtx.rc)
add_executable (jt9 ${jt9_FSRCS} wsjtx.rc)
if (${OPENMP_FOUND} OR APPLE)
if (APPLE)
# On Mac we don't have working OpenMP support in the C/C++
# compilers so we have to manually set the correct linking flags
# and libraries to get OpenMP support in jt9.
set_target_properties (jt9
PROPERTIES
Fortran_MODULE_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/fortran_modules_omp
LINK_LIBRARIES "gomp;gcc_s.1" # assume GNU libgcc OpenMP
)
target_compile_options (jt9
PRIVATE
$<$<COMPILE_LANGUAGE:Fortran>:-fopenmp> # assumes GNU style Fortran compiler
)
else (APPLE)
if (OpenMP_C_FLAGS)
set_target_properties (jt9
PROPERTIES
COMPILE_FLAGS "${OpenMP_C_FLAGS}"
LINK_FLAGS "${OpenMP_C_FLAGS}"
)
endif ()
set_target_properties (jt9
PROPERTIES
Fortran_MODULE_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/fortran_modules_omp
)
endif (APPLE)
if (WIN32)
set_target_properties (jt9 PROPERTIES
LINK_FLAGS -Wl,--stack,16777216
)
endif ()
target_link_libraries (jt9 wsjt_fort_omp wsjt_cxx wsjt_qt)
else (${OPENMP_FOUND} OR APPLE)
target_link_libraries (jt9 wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx Qt5::Core)
endif (${OPENMP_FOUND} OR APPLE)
if(WSJT_BUILD_UTILS)
add_executable (jt4sim lib/jt4sim.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (jt4sim wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
add_executable (jt65sim lib/jt65sim.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (jt65sim wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
add_executable (qra64sim lib/qra/qra64/qra64sim.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (qra64sim wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
add_executable (jt49sim lib/jt49sim.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (jt49sim wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
add_executable (allsim lib/allsim.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (allsim wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
2019-06-12 11:31:35 -04:00
add_executable (rtty_spec lib/rtty_spec.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (rtty_spec wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
add_executable (jt65code lib/jt65code.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (jt65code wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
add_executable (qra64code lib/qra64code.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (qra64code wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
add_executable (jt9code lib/jt9code.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (jt9code wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
add_executable (wsprcode lib/wsprcode/wsprcode.f90 lib/wsprcode/nhash.c
wsjtx.rc)
add_executable (encode77 lib/77bit/encode77.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (encode77 wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
target_link_libraries (wsprcode wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
add_executable (wsprsim ${wsprsim_CSRCS})
add_executable (jt4code lib/jt4code.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (jt4code wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
add_executable (msk144code lib/msk144code.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (msk144code wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
add_executable (jt65 lib/jt65.f90 lib/jt65_test.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (jt65 wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
add_executable (ft8code lib/ft8/ft8code.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (ft8code wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
2019-12-18 10:02:00 -05:00
add_executable (ft4code lib/ft4/ft4code.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (ft4code wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
add_executable (ft8sim_fsk lib/ft8/ft8sim_fsk.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (ft8sim_fsk wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
add_executable (ft8sim lib/ft8/ft8sim.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (ft8sim wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
add_executable (msk144sim lib/msk144sim.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (msk144sim wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
2019-01-25 17:01:34 -05:00
add_executable (ft4sim lib/ft4/ft4sim.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (ft4sim wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
add_executable (ft4sim_mult lib/ft4/ft4sim_mult.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (ft4sim_mult wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
add_executable (record_time_signal Audio/tools/record_time_signal.cpp)
target_link_libraries (record_time_signal wsjt_cxx wsjt_qtmm wsjt_qt)
add_executable (wsprcpmsim lib/fsk4hf/wsprcpmsim.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (wsprcpmsim wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
add_executable (wsprcpmd lib/fsk4hf/wsprcpmd.f90 wsjtx.rc)
target_link_libraries (wsprcpmd wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx)
endif(WSJT_BUILD_UTILS)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# build the main application
add_executable (wsjtx MACOSX_BUNDLE
${wsjtx_CXXSRCS}
${wsjtx_GENUISRCS}
wsjtx.rc
${WSJTX_ICON_FILE}
${wsjtx_RESOURCES_RCC}
)
if (WSJT_CREATE_WINMAIN)
set_target_properties (wsjtx PROPERTIES WIN32_EXECUTABLE ON)
endif (WSJT_CREATE_WINMAIN)
set_target_properties (wsjtx PROPERTIES
MACOSX_BUNDLE_INFO_PLIST "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/Darwin/Info.plist.in"
MACOSX_BUNDLE_INFO_STRING "${WSJTX_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY}"
MACOSX_BUNDLE_ICON_FILE "${WSJTX_ICON_FILE}"
MACOSX_BUNDLE_BUNDLE_VERSION ${wsjtx_VERSION}
MACOSX_BUNDLE_SHORT_VERSION_STRING "v${wsjtx_VERSION}"
MACOSX_BUNDLE_LONG_VERSION_STRING "Version ${wsjtx_VERSION}"
MACOSX_BUNDLE_BUNDLE_NAME "${PROJECT_NAME}"
MACOSX_BUNDLE_BUNDLE_EXECUTABLE_NAME "${PROJECT_NAME}"
MACOSX_BUNDLE_COPYRIGHT "${PROJECT_COPYRIGHT}"
MACOSX_BUNDLE_GUI_IDENTIFIER "org.k1jt.wsjtx"
)
target_include_directories (wsjtx PRIVATE ${FFTW3_INCLUDE_DIRS})
if (APPLE)
target_link_libraries (wsjtx wsjt_fort wsjt_cxx wsjt_qt wsjt_qtmm ${hamlib_LIBRARIES} ${FFTW3_LIBRARIES})
else ()
target_link_libraries (wsjtx wsjt_fort_omp wsjt_cxx wsjt_qt wsjt_qtmm ${hamlib_LIBRARIES} ${FFTW3_LIBRARIES})
if (OpenMP_C_FLAGS)
set_target_properties (wsjtx PROPERTIES
COMPILE_FLAGS "${OpenMP_C_FLAGS}"
LINK_FLAGS "${OpenMP_C_FLAGS}"
)
endif ()
set_target_properties (wsjtx PROPERTIES
Fortran_MODULE_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/fortran_modules_omp
)
if (WIN32)
set_target_properties (wsjtx PROPERTIES
LINK_FLAGS -Wl,--stack,16777216
)
endif ()
endif ()
qt5_use_modules (wsjtx SerialPort) # not sure why the interface link library syntax above doesn't work
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# make a library for WSJT-X UDP servers
# add_library (wsjtx_udp SHARED ${UDP_library_CXXSRCS})
add_library (wsjtx_udp-static STATIC ${UDP_library_CXXSRCS})
#target_include_directories (wsjtx_udp
# INTERFACE
# $<INSTALL_INTERFACE:${CMAKE_INSTALL_INCLUDEDIR}/wsjtx>
# )
target_include_directories (wsjtx_udp-static
INTERFACE
$<INSTALL_INTERFACE:${CMAKE_INSTALL_INCLUDEDIR}/wsjtx>
)
#set_target_properties (wsjtx_udp PROPERTIES
# PUBLIC_HEADER "${UDP_library_HEADERS}"
# )
set_target_properties (wsjtx_udp-static PROPERTIES
OUTPUT_NAME wsjtx_udp
)
target_compile_definitions (wsjtx_udp-static PUBLIC UDP_STATIC_DEFINE)
#qt5_use_modules (wsjtx_udp Network)
qt5_use_modules (wsjtx_udp-static Network Gui)
generate_export_header (wsjtx_udp-static BASE_NAME udp)
add_executable (udp_daemon UDPExamples/UDPDaemon.cpp UDPExamples/udp_daemon.rc ${WSJTX_ICON_FILE})
target_link_libraries (udp_daemon wsjtx_udp-static)
add_resources (message_aggregator_RESOURCES /qss ${message_aggregator_STYLESHEETS})
configure_file (UDPExamples/message_aggregator.qrc.in message_aggregator.qrc @ONLY)
qt5_add_resources (message_aggregator_RESOURCES_RCC
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/message_aggregator.qrc
contrib/QDarkStyleSheet/qdarkstyle/style.qrc
)
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
add_executable (message_aggregator
${message_aggregator_CXXSRCS}
${WSJTX_ICON_FILE}
UDPExamples/message_aggregator.rc
${message_aggregator_RESOURCES_RCC}
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
)
target_link_libraries (message_aggregator Qt5::Widgets wsjtx_udp-static)
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
if (WSJT_CREATE_WINMAIN)
set_target_properties (message_aggregator PROPERTIES WIN32_EXECUTABLE ON)
endif (WSJT_CREATE_WINMAIN)
if (UNIX)
if (NOT WSJT_SKIP_MANPAGES)
add_subdirectory (manpages)
add_dependencies (wsjtx manpages)
endif (NOT WSJT_SKIP_MANPAGES)
if (NOT APPLE)
add_subdirectory (debian)
add_dependencies (wsjtx debian)
endif (NOT APPLE)
endif (UNIX)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#
# installation
#
install (TARGETS wsjtx
RUNTIME DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR} COMPONENT runtime
BUNDLE DESTINATION . COMPONENT runtime
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
)
# install (TARGETS wsjtx_udp EXPORT udp
# RUNTIME DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR}
# LIBRARY DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}
# ARCHIVE DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}
# PUBLIC_HEADER DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_INCLUDEDIR}/wsjtx
# )
# install (TARGETS wsjtx_udp-static EXPORT udp-static
# DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}
# )
# install (EXPORT udp NAMESPACE wsjtx::
# DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}/cmake/wsjtx
# )
# install (EXPORT udp-static NAMESPACE wsjtx::
# DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}/cmake/wsjtx
# )
install (TARGETS udp_daemon message_aggregator
RUNTIME DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR} COMPONENT runtime
BUNDLE DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR} COMPONENT runtime
)
install (TARGETS jt9 wsprd fmtave fcal fmeasure
RUNTIME DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR} COMPONENT runtime
BUNDLE DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR} COMPONENT runtime
)
if(WSJT_BUILD_UTILS)
install (TARGETS ft8code jt65code qra64code qra64sim jt9code jt4code
msk144code
RUNTIME DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR} COMPONENT runtime
BUNDLE DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR} COMPONENT runtime
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
)
endif(WSJT_BUILD_UTILS)
install (PROGRAMS
${RIGCTL_EXE}
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR}
#COMPONENT runtime
RENAME rigctl-wsjtx${CMAKE_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX}
)
install (PROGRAMS
${RIGCTLD_EXE}
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR}
#COMPONENT runtime
RENAME rigctld-wsjtx${CMAKE_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX}
)
install (PROGRAMS
${RIGCTLCOM_EXE}
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR}
#COMPONENT runtime
RENAME rigctlcom-wsjtx${CMAKE_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX}
)
install (FILES
README
COPYING
AUTHORS
THANKS
NEWS
INSTALL
BUGS
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR}
#COMPONENT runtime
)
install (FILES
contrib/Ephemeris/JPLEPH
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DATADIR}/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}
#COMPONENT runtime
)
#
# Mac installer files
#
if (APPLE)
install (FILES
Darwin/ReadMe.txt
Darwin/sysctl.conf
DESTINATION .
#COMPONENT runtime
)
endif (APPLE)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#
# uninstall support
#
configure_file (
"${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/CMake/cmake_uninstall.cmake.in"
"${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/cmake_uninstall.cmake"
@ONLY)
add_custom_target (uninstall
"${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -P "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/cmake_uninstall.cmake")
# creates or updates ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/scs_version.h using cmake script
add_custom_target (revisiontag
COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND}
-D SOURCE_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}
-D BINARY_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}
-D OUTPUT_DIR=${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}
-P ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/CMake/getsvn.cmake
COMMENT "Generating Subversion revision information"
VERBATIM
)
# explicitly say that the wsjt_qt depends on custom target, this is
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# done indirectly so that the revisiontag target gets built exactly
# once per build
add_dependencies(wsjt_qt revisiontag)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# versioning and configuration
#
configure_file (
"${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/wsjtx_config.h.in"
"${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/wsjtx_config.h"
)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
if (NOT WIN32 AND NOT APPLE)
# install a desktop file so wsjtx appears in the application start
# menu with an icon
install (
FILES wsjtx.desktop message_aggregator.desktop
DESTINATION share/applications
#COMPONENT runtime
)
install (
FILES icons/Unix/wsjtx_icon.png
DESTINATION share/pixmaps
#COMPONENT runtime
)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
endif (NOT WIN32 AND NOT APPLE)
#
# bundle fixup only done in Release or MinSizeRel configurations
#
if (NOT is_debug_build)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
get_target_property (QtCore_location Qt5::Core LOCATION)
get_filename_component (QtCore_location ${QtCore_location} PATH)
list (APPEND fixup_library_dirs ${QtCore_location})
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
if (APPLE)
set (CMAKE_POSTFLIGHT_SCRIPT
"${wsjtx_BINARY_DIR}/postflight.sh")
set (CMAKE_POSTUPGRADE_SCRIPT
"${wsjtx_BINARY_DIR}/postupgrade.sh")
configure_file ("${wsjtx_SOURCE_DIR}/Darwin/postflight.sh.in"
"${CMAKE_POSTFLIGHT_SCRIPT}")
configure_file ("${wsjtx_SOURCE_DIR}/Darwin/postupgrade.sh.in"
"${CMAKE_POSTUPGRADE_SCRIPT}")
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
endif ()
if (APPLE OR WIN32)
# install rules for including 3rd party libs such as Qt
# install a qt.conf file
install (CODE "
get_filename_component (the_qt_conf \"\$ENV{DESTDIR}\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${WSJT_QT_CONF_DESTINATION}/qt.conf\" REALPATH)
file (WRITE \"\${the_qt_conf}\"
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
\"[Paths]
\")
"
#COMPONENT runtime
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
)
# if a system Qt is used (e.g. installed in /usr/lib/), it will not be included in the installation
set (fixup_exe "\$ENV{DESTDIR}\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR}/${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}${CMAKE_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX}")
#get_filename_component (hamlib_lib_dir ${hamlib_LIBRARIES} PATH)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
if (APPLE)
# install required Qt plugins
install (
DIRECTORY
${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/platforms
${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/audio
${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/accessible
${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/imageformats
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
DESTINATION ${WSJT_PLUGIN_DESTINATION}
CONFIGURATIONS Release MinSizeRel
#COMPONENT runtime
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
FILES_MATCHING PATTERN "*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}"
PATTERN "*minimal*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}" EXCLUDE
PATTERN "*offscreen*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}" EXCLUDE
PATTERN "*quick*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}" EXCLUDE
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
PATTERN "*_debug${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}" EXCLUDE
)
install (
FILES
${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/sqldrivers/libqsqlite${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}
DESTINATION ${WSJT_PLUGIN_DESTINATION}/sqldrivers
CONFIGURATIONS Release MinSizeRel
#COMPONENT runtime
)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# install (
# DIRECTORY
# ${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/platforms
# ${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/audio
# ${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/accessible
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# DESTINATION ${WSJT_PLUGIN_DESTINATION}
# CONFIGURATIONS Debug
# #COMPONENT runtime
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# FILES_MATCHING PATTERN "*_debug${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}"
# PATTERN "*minimal*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}" EXCLUDE
# PATTERN "*offscreen*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}" EXCLUDE
# PATTERN "*quick*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}" EXCLUDE
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# )
# add plugins path for Mac Bundle
install (CODE "
get_filename_component (the_qt_conf \"\$ENV{DESTDIR}\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${WSJT_QT_CONF_DESTINATION}/qt.conf\" REALPATH)
file (APPEND \"\${the_qt_conf}\"
\"Plugins = PlugIns
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
\")
"
#COMPONENT runtime
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
)
endif (APPLE)
if (WIN32)
# DLL directory
#set (hamlib_lib_dir ${hamlib_lib_dir}/../bin)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
get_filename_component (fftw_lib_dir ${FFTW3F_LIBRARY} PATH)
list (APPEND fixup_library_dirs ${fftw_lib_dir})
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# install required Qt plugins
install (
DIRECTORY
${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/platforms
${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/styles
${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/accessible
${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/audio
${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/imageformats
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
DESTINATION ${WSJT_PLUGIN_DESTINATION}
CONFIGURATIONS Release MinSizeRel
#COMPONENT runtime
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
FILES_MATCHING PATTERN "*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}"
PATTERN "*minimal*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}" EXCLUDE
PATTERN "*offscreen*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}" EXCLUDE
PATTERN "*quick*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}" EXCLUDE
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
PATTERN "*d${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}" EXCLUDE
)
install (
FILES
${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/sqldrivers/qsqlite${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}
DESTINATION ${WSJT_PLUGIN_DESTINATION}/sqldrivers
CONFIGURATIONS Release MinSizeRel
#COMPONENT runtime
)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# install (
# DIRECTORY
# ${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/platforms
# ${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/accessible
# ${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/audio
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# DESTINATION ${WSJT_PLUGIN_DESTINATION}
# CONFIGURATIONS Debug
# #COMPONENT runtime
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# FILES_MATCHING PATTERN "*d${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}"
# PATTERN "*minimal*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}" EXCLUDE
# PATTERN "*offscreen*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}" EXCLUDE
# PATTERN "*quick*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}" EXCLUDE
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
# )
# add plugins path for WIN32
file (RELATIVE_PATH _plugins_path "${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${WSJT_QT_CONF_DESTINATION}" "${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${WSJT_PLUGIN_DESTINATION}")
install (CODE "
get_filename_component (the_qt_conf \"\$ENV{DESTDIR}\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${WSJT_QT_CONF_DESTINATION}/qt.conf\" REALPATH)
file (APPEND \"\${the_qt_conf}\"
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
\"Plugins = ${_plugins_path}
\")
"
#COMPONENT runtime
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
)
set (gp_tool "objdump") # we want MinGW tool - not MSVC (See GetPrerequisites.cmake)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
endif (WIN32)
#list (APPEND fixup_library_dirs ${hamlib_lib_dir})
list (APPEND fixup_library_dirs ${hamlib_LIBRARY_DIRS})
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
install (CODE "
get_filename_component (the_path \"\$ENV{DESTDIR}\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${WSJT_PLUGIN_DESTINATION}\" REALPATH)
file (GLOB_RECURSE QTPLUGINS \"\${the_path}/*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}\")
set (CMAKE_MODULE_PATH ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/CMake/Modules ${CMAKE_MODULE_PATH})
include (BundleUtilities)
set (BU_CHMOD_BUNDLE_ITEMS ON)
set (gp_tool ${gp_tool})
# canonicalize path in install context
get_filename_component (the_exe ${fixup_exe} REALPATH)
fixup_bundle (\"\${the_exe}\" \"\${QTPLUGINS}\" \"${fixup_library_dirs}\")"
#COMPONENT runtime
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
)
endif (APPLE OR WIN32)
endif (NOT is_debug_build)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
#
# packaging
#
set (CPACK_MONOLITHIC_INSTALL 1)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
set (CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME "${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}")
set (CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR ${WSJTX_VERSION_MAJOR})
set (CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR ${WSJTX_VERSION_MINOR})
set (CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH ${WSJTX_VERSION_PATCH})
if (WIN32)
set (CPACK_GENERATOR "NSIS")
elseif (APPLE)
set (CPACK_GENERATOR "DragNDrop")
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
else ()
find_program (DPKG_BUILDER dpkg-buildpackage DOC "Debian package builder")
if (DPKG_BUILDER)
#
# Derive the correct filename for a Debian package because the DEB
# generator doesn't do this correctly at present.
#
find_program (DPKG_PROGRAM dpkg DOC "dpkg program of Debian-based systems")
if (DPKG_PROGRAM)
execute_process (
COMMAND ${DPKG_PROGRAM} --print-architecture
OUTPUT_VARIABLE CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_ARCHITECTURE
OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE
)
else (DPKG_PROGRAM)
set (CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_ARCHITECTURE noarch)
endif (DPKG_PROGRAM)
list (APPEND CPACK_GENERATOR "DEB")
endif (DPKG_BUILDER)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
find_program (RPMBUILDER rpmbuild DOC "RPM package builder")
if (RPMBUILDER)
list (APPEND CPACK_GENERATOR "RPM")
endif (RPMBUILDER)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
endif ()
set (CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION "${PROJECT_DESCRIPTION}")
set (CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_HOMEPAGE "${PROJECT_HOMEPAGE}")
2018-11-14 10:44:36 -05:00
set (CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DEPENDS "libgfortran3 (>=4.8.2), libqt5serialport5 (>=5.5), libqt5multimedia5-plugins (>=5.5), libqt5widgets5 (>=5.5), libqt5sql5-sqlite (>=5.5), libusb-1.0-0, libudev1, libc6 (>=2.19)")
set (CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SHLIBDEPS ON)
set (CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_ARCHITECTURE ${CMAKE_SYSTEM_PROCESSOR})
2018-11-14 10:44:36 -05:00
set (CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES "qt5-qtserialport >= 5.5, qt5-qtmultimedia >= 5.5, qt5-qtsvg, libusb, systemd-udev, glibc >= 2, libgfortran >= 4.8.2")
set (CPACK_RPM_EXCLUDE_FROM_AUTO_FILELIST_ADDITION /usr/share/pixmaps /usr/share/applications /usr/share/man /usr/share/man1)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
configure_file ("${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/CMakeCPackOptions.cmake.in"
"${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/CMakeCPackOptions.cmake" @ONLY)
set (CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE "${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/CMakeCPackOptions.cmake")
include (CPack)